blob: 7b8223f4c609aa4128cc68f392931cd36fa29e5b [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff67391b82007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +000023#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000024#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000025#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnerd2868512009-03-28 03:45:20 +000026#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4dc8a6f2007-05-20 23:50:58 +000027#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000028#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +000029#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000030#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000031#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000032#include "CXXABI.h"
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +000033
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +000034using namespace clang;
35
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +000036unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
37unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +000038unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
39unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +000040unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
41unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +000042unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
44
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000045enum FloatingRank {
46 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
47};
48
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000049void
50ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
51 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
52 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
53 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
54 // FIXME: Parameter pack
55
56 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
57 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
58 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
59 PEnd = Params->end();
60 P != PEnd; ++P) {
61 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
62 ID.AddInteger(0);
63 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
64 continue;
65 }
66
67 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
68 ID.AddInteger(1);
69 // FIXME: Parameter pack
70 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
71 continue;
72 }
73
74 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
75 ID.AddInteger(2);
76 Profile(ID, TTP);
77 }
78}
79
80TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
81ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
82 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) {
83 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
84 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
85 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
86 void *InsertPos = 0;
87 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
88 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
89 if (Canonical)
90 return Canonical->getParam();
91
92 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
93 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
94 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
95 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
96 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
97 PEnd = Params->end();
98 P != PEnd; ++P) {
99 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
100 CanonParams.push_back(
101 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
102 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
103 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
104 TTP->isParameterPack()));
105 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
106 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P))
107 CanonParams.push_back(
108 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
109 SourceLocation(), NTTP->getDepth(),
110 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
111 getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()),
112 0));
113 else
114 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
115 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
116 }
117
118 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
119 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
120 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
121 TTP->getPosition(), 0,
122 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
123 SourceLocation(),
124 CanonParams.data(),
125 CanonParams.size(),
126 SourceLocation()));
127
128 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
129 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
130 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
131 (void)Canonical;
132
133 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
134 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
135 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
136 return CanonTTP;
137}
138
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000139CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000140 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
141
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000142 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000143 case CXXABI_ARM:
144 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
145 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000146 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000147 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
148 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
149 }
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000150 return 0;
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000151}
152
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000153ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar1b444192009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000154 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000155 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000156 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000157 unsigned size_reserve) :
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000158 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
159 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise862cbc2010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000160 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
161 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000162 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +0000163 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
John McCall8cb7bdf2010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000164 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000165 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)), Target(t),
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000166 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenek6aead3a2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000167 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
168 DeclarationNames(*this),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis440ea322010-10-28 09:29:35 +0000169 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenek520f47b2010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000170 LastSDM(0, 0),
171 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0), UniqueBlockParmTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000172 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
173 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000174 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000175 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000176 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000177 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000178}
179
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000180ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000181 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
182 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
183 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000184
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000185 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
186 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
187 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000188
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000189 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
190 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
191 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
192 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
193 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000194
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000195 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000196 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
197 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
198 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
199 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
200 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
201 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
202 R->Destroy(*this);
203
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000204 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
205 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
206 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
207 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
208 R->Destroy(*this);
209 }
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000210
211 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
212 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
213 A != AEnd; ++A)
214 A->second->~AttrVec();
215}
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000216
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000217void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
218 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
219}
220
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000221void
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000222ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
223 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
224}
225
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000226void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
227 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
228 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000229
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000230 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000231#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000232#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
233#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
234 0 // Extra
235 };
Douglas Gregorb1fe2c92009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000236
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000237 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
238 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000239 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000240 }
241
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000242 unsigned Idx = 0;
243 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
244#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
245 if (counts[Idx]) \
246 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
247 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
248 ++Idx;
249#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
250#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000252 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000253
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000254 // Implicit special member functions.
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000255 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n",
256 NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared,
257 NumImplicitDefaultConstructors);
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000258 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
259 NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared,
260 NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000261 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
262 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
263 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000264 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
265 NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
266
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000267 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
268 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
269 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
270 }
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000271
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000272 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000273}
274
275
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000276void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000277 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000278 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000279 Types.push_back(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000280}
281
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000282void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
283 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000284
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000285 // C99 6.2.5p19.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000286 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000287
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000288 // C99 6.2.5p2.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000289 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000290 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman9ffd4a92009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000291 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Chris Lattnerb16f4552007-06-03 07:25:34 +0000292 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
293 else
294 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000295 // C99 6.2.5p4.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000296 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
297 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
298 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
299 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
300 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000301
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000302 // C99 6.2.5p6.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000303 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
304 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
305 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
306 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
307 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000308
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000309 // C99 6.2.5p10.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000310 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
311 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
312 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000313
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000314 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
315 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
316 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
317
Chris Lattner007cb022009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000318 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
319 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
320 else // C99
321 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000322
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000323 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
324 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
325 else // C99
326 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
327
328 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
329 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
330 else // C99
331 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
332
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000333 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
334 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
335 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
336 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
337 // expressions.
338 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000339
John McCall36e7fe32010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000340 // Placeholder type for functions.
341 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
342
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000343 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlsson082acde2009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000344 // not yet been deduced.
John McCall36e7fe32010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000345 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000346
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000347 // C99 6.2.5p11.
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +0000348 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
349 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
350 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000351
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000352 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000353
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000354 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
355 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
356 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000357 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000358
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000359 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000360 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
361 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000362 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000363
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000364 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000365
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000366 // void * type
367 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000368
369 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
370 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000371}
372
Argyrios Kyrtzidisca0d0cd2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000373Diagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
374 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
375}
376
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000377AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
378 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
379 if (!Result) {
380 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
381 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
382 }
383
384 return *Result;
385}
386
387/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
388void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
389 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
390 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
391 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
392 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
393 }
394}
395
396
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000397MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000398ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000399 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000400 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000401 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
402 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
403 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000404
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000405 return Pos->second;
406}
407
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000408void
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000409ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000410 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
411 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000412 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
413 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
414 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
415 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000416 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000417 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000418}
419
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000420NamedDecl *
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000421ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000422 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000423 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
424 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000425 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000426
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000427 return Pos->second;
428}
429
430void
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000431ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
432 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
433 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
434 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
435 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
436 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
437 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
438}
439
440UsingShadowDecl *
441ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
442 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
443 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
444 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
445 return 0;
446
447 return Pos->second;
448}
449
450void
451ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
452 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
453 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
454 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000455}
456
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000457FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
458 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
459 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
460 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
461 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000463 return Pos->second;
464}
465
466void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
467 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
468 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
469 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
470 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
471 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000472
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000473 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
474}
475
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000476ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
477ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
478 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
479 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
480 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
481 return 0;
482
483 return Pos->second.begin();
484}
485
486ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
487ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
488 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
489 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
490 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
491 return 0;
492
493 return Pos->second.end();
494}
495
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000496unsigned
497ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
498 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
499 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
500 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
501 return 0;
502
503 return Pos->second.size();
504}
505
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000506void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
507 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
508 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
509}
510
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000511//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
512// Type Sizing and Analysis
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000514
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000515/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
516/// scalar floating point type.
517const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000518 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000519 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
520 switch (BT->getKind()) {
521 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
522 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
523 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
524 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
525 }
526}
527
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000528/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000529/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
530/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000531/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
532/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000533CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000534 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
535
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000536 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
537 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
538 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000539
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000540 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
541 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
542 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
543 //
544 // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can
545 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
546 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
547 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
548 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
549 } else {
550 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
551 }
552 }
553
554 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
555 // ignore type of value
556 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000557 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000558 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000559 if (RefAsPointee)
560 T = RT->getPointeeType();
561 else
562 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
563 }
564 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Rafael Espindolae971b9a2010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000565 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
566 unsigned ArrayAlign = Target.getLargeArrayAlign();
567 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) && MinWidth != 0)
568 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
569 if (ConstantArrayType *CT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) {
570 unsigned Size = getTypeSize(CT);
571 if (MinWidth != 0 && MinWidth <= Size)
572 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
573 }
Anders Carlsson9b5038e2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000574 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000575 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
576 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
577
578 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
579 }
Charles Davis3fc51072010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000580 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
581 // In the case of a field in a packed struct, we want the minimum
582 // of the alignment of the field and the alignment of the struct.
583 Align = std::min(Align,
584 getPreferredTypeAlign(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
585 }
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000586 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000587
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000588 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align / Target.getCharWidth());
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000589}
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000590
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000591std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
592ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) {
593 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
594 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.first / getCharWidth()),
595 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.second / getCharWidth()));
596}
597
598std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
599ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) {
600 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
601}
602
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000603/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
604/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000605///
606/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
607/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
608/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000609std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000610ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5b9a3d52009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000611 uint64_t Width=0;
612 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000613 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000614#define TYPE(Class, Base)
615#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000616#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000617#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
618#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000619 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000620 break;
621
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000622 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
623 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000624 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
625 Width = 0;
626 Align = 32;
627 break;
628
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000629 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000630 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000631 Width = 0;
632 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
633 break;
634
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000635 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000636 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000637
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000638 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000639 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000640 Align = EltInfo.second;
641 break;
Christopher Lambc5fafa22007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000642 }
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000643 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000644 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000645 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
646 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
647 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000648 Align = Width;
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000649 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
650 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohmanef78c8e2010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000651 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000652 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
653 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
654 }
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000655 break;
656 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000657
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000658 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000659 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000660 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000661 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000662 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
663 Width = 0;
664 Align = 8;
665 break;
666
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000667 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000668 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
669 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000670 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000671 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
672 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
673 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000674 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000675 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
676 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000677 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000678 case BuiltinType::WChar:
679 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
680 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
681 break;
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000682 case BuiltinType::Char16:
683 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
684 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
685 break;
686 case BuiltinType::Char32:
687 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
688 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
689 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000690 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000691 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000692 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
693 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000694 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000695 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000696 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000697 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
698 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000699 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000700 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000701 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000702 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
703 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000704 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000705 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000706 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000707 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
708 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000709 break;
Chris Lattner0a415ec2009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000710 case BuiltinType::Int128:
711 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
712 Width = 128;
713 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
714 break;
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000715 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000716 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
717 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000718 break;
719 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000720 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
721 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000722 break;
723 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000724 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
725 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000726 break;
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000727 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
728 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
729 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redla81b0b72009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000730 break;
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000731 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
732 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
733 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
734 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
735 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
736 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000737 }
Chris Lattner48f84b82007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000738 break;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000739 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000740 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000741 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000742 break;
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000743 case Type::BlockPointer: {
744 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
745 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
746 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
747 break;
748 }
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000749 case Type::LValueReference:
750 case Type::RValueReference: {
751 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
752 // the pointer route.
753 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
754 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
755 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
756 break;
757 }
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000758 case Type::Pointer: {
759 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000760 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000761 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
762 break;
763 }
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000764 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000765 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000766 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000767 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000768 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000769 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
770 break;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000771 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000772 case Type::Complex: {
773 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
774 // size.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000775 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000776 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000777 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000778 Align = EltInfo.second;
779 break;
780 }
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000781 case Type::ObjCObject:
782 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000783 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000784 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000785 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
786 Width = Layout.getSize();
787 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
788 break;
789 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000790 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000791 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000792 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
793
794 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner572100b2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000795 Width = 1;
796 Align = 1;
797 break;
798 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000799
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000800 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000801 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
802
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000803 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000804 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
805 Width = Layout.getSize();
806 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattner49a953a2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000807 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000808 }
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000809
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000810 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000811 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
812 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000813
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000814 case Type::Typedef: {
815 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000816 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
817 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
818 Align = std::max(Typedef->getMaxAlignment(), Info.second);
819 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000820 break;
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000821 }
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000822
823 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
824 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
825 .getTypePtr());
826
827 case Type::TypeOf:
828 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
829
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000830 case Type::Decltype:
831 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
832 .getTypePtr());
833
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000834 case Type::Elaborated:
835 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000836
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000837 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000838 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000839 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
840 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
841 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
842 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
843 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
844 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000845
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000846 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000847 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000848}
849
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000850/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
851/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
852CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000853 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000854}
855CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000856 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000857}
858
Ken Dycka6046ab2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000859/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000860/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
861CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) {
862 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
863}
864CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) {
865 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
866}
867
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000868/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
869/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
870/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
871/// a data type.
872unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
873 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000874
875 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000876 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000877 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
878 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
879 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
880 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
881
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000882 return ABIAlign;
883}
884
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000885/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
886/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
887///
888void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000889 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000890 // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which
891 // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl
892 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
893 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
894 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
895 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000896}
897
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000898/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
899/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
900/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
901/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
902/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000903///
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000904void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
905 bool leafClass,
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000906 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000907 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
908 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
909 if (!leafClass) {
910 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
911 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000912 Ivars.push_back(*I);
913 }
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000914 else
915 ShallowCollectObjCIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000916}
917
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000918/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
919/// those inherited by it.
920void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000921 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000922 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +0000923 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
924 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
925 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
926 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000927 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000928 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000929 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000930 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
931 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000932 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
933 }
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000934 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000935
936 // Categories of this Interface.
937 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
938 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
939 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
940 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
941 while (SD) {
942 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
943 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
944 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000945 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +0000946 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000947 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
948 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000949 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000950 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
951 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
952 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
953 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000954 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000955 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
956 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
957 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000958 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000959 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
960 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
961 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
962 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000963 }
964}
965
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000966unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
967 unsigned count = 0;
968 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian3bf0ded2010-06-22 23:20:40 +0000969 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
970 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000971 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
972
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000973 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
974 // includes synthesized ivars.
975 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000976 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
977
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000978 return count;
979}
980
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000981/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
982ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
983 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
984 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
985 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
986 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
987 return 0;
988}
989/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
990ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
991 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
992 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
993 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
994 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
995 return 0;
996}
997
998/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
999void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1000 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1001 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1002 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1003}
1004/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1005void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1006 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1007 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1008 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1009}
1010
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001011/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001012///
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001013/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001014/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1015///
1016/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1017/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1018/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001019TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001020 unsigned DataSize) {
1021 if (!DataSize)
1022 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1023 else
1024 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001025 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001026
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001027 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1028 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1029 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1030 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001031}
1032
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001033TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001034 SourceLocation L) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001035 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001036 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1037 return DI;
1038}
1039
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001040const ASTRecordLayout &
1041ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1042 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1043}
1044
1045const ASTRecordLayout &
1046ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1047 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1048}
1049
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001050//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1051// Type creation/memoization methods
1052//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1053
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001054QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1055 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1056 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1057
1058 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1059 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1060 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1061 void *InsertPos = 0;
1062 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1063 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1064 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1065 return T;
1066 }
1067
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001068 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001069 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1070 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1071 return T;
1072}
1073
1074QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
1075 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1076 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
1077
1078 QualifierCollector Quals;
1079 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
1080 Quals.addVolatile();
1081
1082 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
1083}
1084
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001085QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001086 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1087 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattner445fcab2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001088 return T;
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001089
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001090 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1091 // into one ExtQuals node.
1092 QualifierCollector Quals;
1093 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001094
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001095 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1096 // another one.
1097 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1098 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1099 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001100
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001101 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lamb025b5fb2008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001102}
1103
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001104QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001105 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001106 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001107 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001108 return T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001109
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001110 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001111 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001112 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001113 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1114 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1115 }
1116 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001117
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001118 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1119 // into one ExtQuals node.
1120 QualifierCollector Quals;
1121 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001122
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001123 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1124 // another one.
1125 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1126 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1127 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001128
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001129 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001130}
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001131
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001132static QualType getExtFunctionType(ASTContext& Context, QualType T,
1133 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001134 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001135 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1136 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001137 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001138 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1139 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001140
1141 ResultType = Context.getPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001142 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1143 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1144 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001145 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001146 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1147 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001148
1149 ResultType = Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregoreece0ea2010-09-01 16:29:03 +00001150 } else if (const MemberPointerType *MemberPointer
1151 = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
1152 QualType Pointee = MemberPointer->getPointeeType();
1153 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
1154 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1155 return T;
1156
1157 ResultType = Context.getMemberPointerType(ResultType,
1158 MemberPointer->getClass());
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001159 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001160 if (F->getExtInfo() == Info)
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001161 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001162
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001163 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(F)) {
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001164 ResultType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001165 Info);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001166 } else {
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001167 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001168 ResultType
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001169 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1170 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
1171 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
1172 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
1173 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1174 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
1175 FPT->exception_begin(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001176 Info);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001177 }
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001178 } else
1179 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001180
1181 return Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
1182}
1183
1184QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001185 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001186 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1187 Info.withNoReturn(AddNoReturn));
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001188}
1189
1190QualType ASTContext::getCallConvType(QualType T, CallingConv CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001191 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001192 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1193 Info.withCallingConv(CallConv));
Mike Stump8c5d7992009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001194}
1195
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001196QualType ASTContext::getRegParmType(QualType T, unsigned RegParm) {
1197 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
1198 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1199 Info.withRegParm(RegParm));
1200}
1201
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001202/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1203/// number with the specified element type.
1204QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1205 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1206 // structure.
1207 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1208 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001209
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001210 void *InsertPos = 0;
1211 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1212 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001213
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001214 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1215 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1216 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001217 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001218 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001219
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001220 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1221 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001222 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001223 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001224 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001225 Types.push_back(New);
1226 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1227 return QualType(New, 0);
1228}
1229
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001230/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1231/// the specified type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001232QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +00001233 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1234 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001235 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001236 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001237
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001238 void *InsertPos = 0;
1239 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001240 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001241
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001242 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1243 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001244 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001245 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001246 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001247
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001248 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1249 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001250 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001251 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001252 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001253 Types.push_back(New);
1254 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001255 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001256}
1257
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001258/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001259/// a pointer to the specified block.
1260QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff0ac012832008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001261 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1262 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001263 // structure.
1264 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1265 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001266
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001267 void *InsertPos = 0;
1268 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1269 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1270 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001271
1272 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001273 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1274 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001275 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001276 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001277
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001278 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1279 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1280 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001281 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001282 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001283 BlockPointerType *New
1284 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001285 Types.push_back(New);
1286 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1287 return QualType(New, 0);
1288}
1289
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001290/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1291/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001292QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001293 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1294 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001295 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001296 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001297
1298 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001299 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1300 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001301 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001302
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001303 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1304
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001305 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1306 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1307 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001308 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1309 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1310 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001311
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001312 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001313 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1314 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001315 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001316 }
1317
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001318 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001319 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1320 SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001321 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001322 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001323
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001324 return QualType(New, 0);
1325}
1326
1327/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1328/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1329QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1330 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1331 // structure.
1332 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001333 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001334
1335 void *InsertPos = 0;
1336 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1337 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1338 return QualType(RT, 0);
1339
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001340 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1341
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001342 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1343 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1344 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001345 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1346 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1347 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001348
1349 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1350 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1351 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1352 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1353 }
1354
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001355 RValueReferenceType *New
1356 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001357 Types.push_back(New);
1358 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001359 return QualType(New, 0);
1360}
1361
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001362/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1363/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001364QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001365 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1366 // structure.
1367 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1368 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1369
1370 void *InsertPos = 0;
1371 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1372 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1373 return QualType(PT, 0);
1374
1375 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1376 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1377 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor615ac672009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001378 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001379 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1380
1381 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1382 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1383 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1384 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1385 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001386 MemberPointerType *New
1387 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001388 Types.push_back(New);
1389 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1390 return QualType(New, 0);
1391}
1392
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001393/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001394/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001395QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001396 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001397 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1398 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl2dfdb822009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001399 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1400 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedmanbe7e42b2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001401 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1402
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001403 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1404 // the target.
1405 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1406 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001407
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001408 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner780b46f2009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001409 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001410
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001411 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001412 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001413 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001414 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001415
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001416 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1417 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001418 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001419 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001420 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001421 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001422 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001423 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001424 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001425 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001426 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001427
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001428 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1429 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001430 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001431 Types.push_back(New);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001432 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001433}
1434
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001435/// getIncompleteArrayType - Returns a unique reference to the type for a
1436/// incomplete array of the specified element type.
1437QualType ASTContext::getUnknownSizeVariableArrayType(QualType Ty) {
1438 QualType ElemTy = getBaseElementType(Ty);
1439 DeclarationName Name;
1440 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ATypes;
1441 QualType ATy = Ty;
1442 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ATy)) {
1443 ATypes.push_back(ATy);
1444 ATy = AT->getElementType();
1445 }
1446 for (int i = ATypes.size() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
1447 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = getAsVariableArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1448 ElemTy = getVariableArrayType(ElemTy, /*ArraySize*/0, ArrayType::Star,
1449 0, VAT->getBracketsRange());
1450 }
1451 else if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = getAsConstantArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1452 llvm::APSInt ConstVal(CAT->getSize());
1453 ElemTy = getConstantArrayType(ElemTy, ConstVal, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1454 }
1455 else if (getAsIncompleteArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1456 ElemTy = getVariableArrayType(ElemTy, /*ArraySize*/0, ArrayType::Normal,
1457 0, SourceRange());
1458 }
1459 else
1460 assert(false && "DependentArrayType is seen");
1461 }
1462 return ElemTy;
1463}
1464
1465/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Returns a vla type where known sizes
1466/// are replaced with [*]
1467QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
1468 if (Ty->isPointerType()) {
1469 QualType BaseType = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1470 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(BaseType)) {
1471 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(BaseType);
1472 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
1473 if (VAT->getSizeExpr()) {
1474 Ty = getUnknownSizeVariableArrayType(BaseType);
1475 Ty = getPointerType(Ty);
1476 }
1477 }
1478 }
1479 return Ty;
1480}
1481
1482
Steve Naroffcadebd02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001483/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1484/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001485QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1486 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001487 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001488 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1489 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001490 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1491 // that have an expression provided for their size.
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001492 QualType CanonType;
1493
1494 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001495 CanonType = getVariableArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), NumElts, ASM,
1496 EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1497 }
1498
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001499 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001500 VariableArrayType(EltTy, CanonType, NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001501
1502 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1503 Types.push_back(New);
1504 return QualType(New, 0);
1505}
1506
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001507/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1508/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001509/// type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001510QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1511 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001512 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001513 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1514 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001515 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1516 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001517 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1518
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001519 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001520 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001521 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001522
Douglas Gregorf86c9392010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001523 QualType CanonicalEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001524 if (NumElts) {
1525 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1526 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1527 // initializer.
Douglas Gregorf86c9392010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001528 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, CanonicalEltTy, ASM,
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001529 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1530
1531 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1532 }
1533
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001534 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1535 if (Canon) {
1536 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1537 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001538 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1539 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1540 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorf86c9392010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001541 } else if (CanonicalEltTy == EltTy) {
1542 // This is a canonical type. Record it.
1543 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1544 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1545 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1546
1547 if (NumElts) {
1548#ifndef NDEBUG
1549 DependentSizedArrayType *CanonCheck
1550 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1551 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized canonical array type broken");
1552 (void)CanonCheck;
1553#endif
1554 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001555 }
Douglas Gregorf86c9392010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001556 } else {
1557 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonicalEltTy, NumElts,
1558 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1559 SourceRange());
1560 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1561 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1562 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001563 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001564
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001565 Types.push_back(New);
1566 return QualType(New, 0);
1567}
1568
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001569QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1570 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1571 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1572 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner780b46f2009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001573 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001574
1575 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001576 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001577 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1578 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1579
1580 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1581 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1582 QualType Canonical;
1583
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001584 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001585 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001586 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001587
1588 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1589 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1590 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001591 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001592 }
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001593
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001594 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1595 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001596
1597 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1598 Types.push_back(New);
1599 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001600}
1601
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001602/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1603/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001604QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001605 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00001606 BuiltinType *BaseType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001607
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00001608 BaseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
1609 assert(BaseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001610
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001611 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1612 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001613 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001614
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001615 void *InsertPos = 0;
1616 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1617 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1618
1619 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1620 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1621 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001622 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001623 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001624 VectorType::GenericVector);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001625
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001626 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1627 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001628 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001629 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001630 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001631 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001632 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1633 Types.push_back(New);
1634 return QualType(New, 0);
1635}
1636
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001637/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001638/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001639QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001640 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001641
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001642 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001643 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001644
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001645 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1646 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001647 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001648 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001649 void *InsertPos = 0;
1650 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1651 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1652
1653 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1654 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1655 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001656 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001657 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001658
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001659 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1660 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001661 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001662 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001663 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1664 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001665 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1666 Types.push_back(New);
1667 return QualType(New, 0);
1668}
1669
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001670QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001671 Expr *SizeExpr,
1672 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001673 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001674 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001675 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001676
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001677 void *InsertPos = 0;
1678 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1679 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1680 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1681 if (Canon) {
1682 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1683 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001684 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1685 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1686 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001687 } else {
1688 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1689 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001690 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1691 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1692 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001693
1694 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1695 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1696 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1697 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001698 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1699 } else {
1700 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1701 SourceLocation());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001702 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1703 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001704 }
1705 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001706
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001707 Types.push_back(New);
1708 return QualType(New, 0);
1709}
1710
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001711/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001712///
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001713QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1714 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1715 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001716 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1717 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001718 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001719 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001720
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001721 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001722 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001723 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001724 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001725
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001726 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001727 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001728 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001729 Canonical =
1730 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1731 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001732
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001733 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001734 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1735 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001736 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001737 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001738
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001739 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001740 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001741 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001742 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001743 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001744}
1745
1746/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1747/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001748QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22c40fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001749 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001750 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1751 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001752 const QualType *ExArray,
1753 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
Douglas Gregor7fb25412010-10-01 18:44:50 +00001754
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001755 const CallingConv CallConv= Info.getCC();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001756 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1757 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001758 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001759 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001760 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001761 NumExs, ExArray, Info);
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001762
1763 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001764 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001765 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001766 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001767
1768 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001769 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001770 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001771 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001772 isCanonical = false;
1773
1774 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001775 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001776 QualType Canonical;
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001777 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001778 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001779 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1780 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001781 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001782
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001783 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001784 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf9bd4ec2009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001785 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001786 false, 0, 0,
1787 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001788
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001789 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001790 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1791 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001792 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001793 }
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001794
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001795 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001796 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1797 // end of them.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001798 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001799 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1800 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001801 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001802 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001803 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001804 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, Info);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001805 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001806 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001807 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001808}
Chris Lattneref51c202006-11-10 07:17:23 +00001809
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001810#ifndef NDEBUG
1811static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
1812 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
1813 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
1814 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1815 return true;
1816 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
1817 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1818 return true;
1819 return false;
1820}
1821#endif
1822
1823/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
1824/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
1825QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
1826 QualType TST) {
1827 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
1828 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
1829 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2c2167a2010-07-02 11:55:32 +00001830 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001831 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
1832 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
1833 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1834 } else {
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001835 Decl->TypeForDecl =
1836 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001837 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1838 }
1839 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1840}
1841
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001842/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1843/// specified type declaration.
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001844QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis89656d22008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001845 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001846 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001847
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001848 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001849 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001850
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001851 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
1852 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
1853
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001854 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001855 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1856 "struct/union has previous declaration");
1857 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001858 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001859 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001860 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1861 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001862 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001863 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001864 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1865 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001866 } else
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001867 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001868
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001869 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001870 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001871}
1872
Chris Lattner32d920b2007-01-26 02:01:53 +00001873/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00001874/// specified typename decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001875QualType
1876ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl, QualType Canonical) {
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001877 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001878
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001879 if (Canonical.isNull())
1880 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001881 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1882 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Chris Lattnercceab1a2007-03-26 20:16:44 +00001883 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001884 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00001885}
1886
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001887QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) {
1888 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1889
1890 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1891 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1892 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1893
1894 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
1895 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1896 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1897}
1898
1899QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) {
1900 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1901
1902 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1903 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1904 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1905
1906 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
1907 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1908 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1909}
1910
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001911/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1912QualType
1913ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1914 QualType Replacement) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001915 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001916 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1917
1918 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1919 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1920 void *InsertPos = 0;
1921 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1922 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1923
1924 if (!SubstParm) {
1925 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1926 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1927 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1928 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1929 }
1930
1931 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1932}
1933
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001934/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001935/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001936/// name.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001937QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001938 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001939 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001940 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001941 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001942 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001943 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001944 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1945
1946 if (TypeParm)
1947 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001948
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001949 if (Name) {
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001950 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001951 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1952 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001953
1954 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
1955 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1956 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
1957 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001958 } else
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001959 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1960 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001961
1962 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1963 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1964
1965 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1966}
1967
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001968TypeSourceInfo *
1969ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
1970 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1971 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
1972 QualType CanonType) {
1973 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
1974
1975 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
1976 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
1977 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
1978 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
1979 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
1980 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
1981 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
1982 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
1983 return DI;
1984}
1985
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001986QualType
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001987ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001988 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001989 QualType Canon) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001990 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
1991
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001992 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
1993 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
1994 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
1995 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
1996
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001997 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001998 Canon);
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001999}
2000
2001QualType
2002ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002003 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2004 unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002005 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregor15301382009-07-30 17:40:51 +00002006 if (!Canon.isNull())
2007 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002008 else
2009 Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregord56a91e2009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002010
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002011 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2012 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2013 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002014 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregorc40290e2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00002015 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002016 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002017 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002018 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002019 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor00044172009-07-29 16:09:57 +00002020 Canon);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002021
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002022 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002023 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002024}
2025
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002026QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002027ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2028 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2029 unsigned NumArgs) {
2030 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2031 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
2032 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
2033 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2034 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2035 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2036
2037 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2038 // exists.
2039 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2040 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2041 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2042
2043 void *InsertPos = 0;
2044 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2045 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2046
2047 if (!Spec) {
2048 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2049 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2050 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2051 TypeAlignment);
2052 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2053 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
2054 QualType());
2055 Types.push_back(Spec);
2056 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2057 }
2058
2059 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2060 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2061 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2062}
2063
2064QualType
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002065ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2066 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2067 QualType NamedType) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002068 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002069 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002070
2071 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002072 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002073 if (T)
2074 return QualType(T, 0);
2075
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002076 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2077 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2078 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002079 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2080 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002081 (void)CheckT;
2082 }
2083
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002084 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002085 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002086 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002087 return QualType(T, 0);
2088}
2089
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002090QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2091 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2092 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2093 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002094 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2095
2096 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2097 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002098 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2099 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2100 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2101
2102 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2103 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002104 }
2105
2106 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002107 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002108
2109 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002110 DependentNameType *T
2111 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002112 if (T)
2113 return QualType(T, 0);
2114
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002115 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002116 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002117 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002118 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002119}
2120
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002121QualType
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002122ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2123 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002124 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002125 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2126 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) {
2127 // TODO: avoid this copy
2128 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2129 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2130 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2131 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2132 ArgCopy.size(),
2133 ArgCopy.data());
2134}
2135
2136QualType
2137ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2138 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2139 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2140 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2141 unsigned NumArgs,
2142 const TemplateArgument *Args) {
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002143 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2144
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002145 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002146 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2147 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002148
2149 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002150 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2151 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002152 if (T)
2153 return QualType(T, 0);
2154
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002155 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002156
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002157 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2158 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2159
2160 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2161 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2162 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2163 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2164 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2165 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002166 }
2167
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002168 QualType Canon;
2169 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2170 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2171 Name, NumArgs,
2172 CanonArgs.data());
2173
2174 // Find the insert position again.
2175 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2176 }
2177
2178 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2179 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2180 TypeAlignment);
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002181 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002182 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002183 Types.push_back(T);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002184 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002185 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002186}
2187
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002188/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2189/// alphabetically.
2190static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2191 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor77324f32008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002192 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002193}
2194
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002195static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002196 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2197 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2198
2199 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2200 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2201 return false;
2202 return true;
2203}
2204
2205static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002206 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2207 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002208
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002209 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2210 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2211
2212 // Remove duplicates.
2213 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2214 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2215}
2216
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002217QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2218 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
2219 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2220 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2221 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2222 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2223 return BaseType;
2224
2225 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002226 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002227 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002228 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002229 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2230 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002231
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002232 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2233 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002234 QualType Canonical;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002235 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2236 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2237 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002238 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2239 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002240 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2241
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002242 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002243 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2244 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002245 } else {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002246 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2247 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002248 }
2249
2250 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002251 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2252 }
2253
2254 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2255 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2256 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2257 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2258 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2259
2260 Types.push_back(T);
2261 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2262 return QualType(T, 0);
2263}
2264
2265/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2266/// the given object type.
2267QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) {
2268 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2269 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2270
2271 void *InsertPos = 0;
2272 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2273 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2274 return QualType(QT, 0);
2275
2276 // Find the canonical object type.
2277 QualType Canonical;
2278 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2279 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2280
2281 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002282 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2283 }
2284
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002285 // No match.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002286 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2287 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2288 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002289
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002290 Types.push_back(QType);
2291 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002292 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002293}
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002294
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002295/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2296/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2297QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
2298 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2299 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002300
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002301 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2302 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2303 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2304 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2305 Types.push_back(T);
2306 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002307}
2308
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002309/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2310/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002311/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002312/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002313/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002314QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002315 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002316 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2317 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2318 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002319
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002320 void *InsertPos = 0;
2321 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2322 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2323 if (Canon) {
2324 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2325 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002326 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002327 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2328 }
2329 else {
2330 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002331 Canon
2332 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002333 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2334 toe = Canon;
2335 }
2336 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002337 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002338 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002339 }
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002340 Types.push_back(toe);
2341 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002342}
2343
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002344/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2345/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2346/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002347/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002348/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002349QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002350 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002351 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002352 Types.push_back(tot);
2353 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002354}
2355
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002356/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2357/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2358static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlsson7d209572009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002359 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2360 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002361
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002362 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2363 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2364 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2365 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2366 return VD->getType();
2367 }
2368 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2369 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2370 return FD->getType();
2371 }
2372 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2373 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2374 // return type of that function.
2375 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2376 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002377
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002378 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002379
2380 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002381 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2382 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2383 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002384
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002385 return T;
2386}
2387
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002388/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2389/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2390/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002391/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002392/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2393QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002394 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002395 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2396 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2397 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002398
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002399 void *InsertPos = 0;
2400 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2401 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2402 if (Canon) {
2403 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2404 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002405 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002406 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2407 }
2408 else {
2409 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002410 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002411 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2412 dt = Canon;
2413 }
2414 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002415 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002416 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002417 }
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002418 Types.push_back(dt);
2419 return QualType(dt, 0);
2420}
2421
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002422/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2423/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002424QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenek2b0ce112007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002425 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002426 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2427 // away const? mutable?
2428 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002429}
2430
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002431/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2432/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2433/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlsson22f443f2009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002434CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002435 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00002436}
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002437
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002438/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2439/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2440QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2441 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2442 return WCharTy;
2443}
2444
2445/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2446/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2447QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2448 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2449 return UnsignedIntTy;
2450}
2451
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002452/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2453/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2454QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002455 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002456}
2457
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002458//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2459// Type Operators
2460//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2461
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002462CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2463 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2464 // qualifiers.
2465 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002466 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002467 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002468 QualType Result;
2469 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2470 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2471 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2472 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2473 } else {
2474 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2475 }
2476
2477 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2478}
2479
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002480/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2481/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2482/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2483/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2484/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2485/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002486CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002487 QualifierCollector Quals;
2488 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2489 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002490
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002491 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2492 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2493
2494 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2495 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002496 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002497
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002498 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2499 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2500 // type.
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002501 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2502 if (!AT)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002503 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002504
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002505 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2506 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002507 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002508 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002509
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002510 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002511 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2512 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2513 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002514 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002515 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002516 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2517 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002518 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002519
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002520 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002521 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2522 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002523 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002524 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002525 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor326b2fa2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002526 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002527
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002528 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002529 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002530 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002531 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002532 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002533 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002534}
2535
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002536QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T,
2537 Qualifiers &Quals) {
Chandler Carruth04bdce62010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002538 Quals = T.getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002539 const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(T);
2540 if (!AT) {
Chandler Carruth04bdce62010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002541 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002542 }
2543
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002544 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType();
Zhongxing Xucd321a32010-01-05 08:15:06 +00002545 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002546 if (Elt == UnqualElt)
2547 return T;
2548
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002549 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002550 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(),
2551 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2552 }
2553
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002554 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002555 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2556 }
2557
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002558 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
2559 return getVariableArrayType(UnqualElt,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002560 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002561 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2562 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2563 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2564 }
2565
2566 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002567 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002568 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2569 SourceRange());
2570}
2571
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002572/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
2573/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
2574/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
2575/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
2576/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
2577/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
2578/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
2579/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
2580bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
2581 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
2582 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
2583 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
2584 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
2585 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
2586 return true;
2587 }
2588
2589 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
2590 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2591 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
2592 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
2593 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
2594 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
2595 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
2596 return true;
2597 }
2598
2599 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
2600 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
2601 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
2602 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
2603 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
2604 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
2605 return true;
2606 }
2607 }
2608
2609 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
2610
2611 return false;
2612}
2613
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002614DeclarationNameInfo ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
2615 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002616 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002617 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2618 return DeclarationNameInfo(TD->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
2619
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002620 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002621 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002622 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002623 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2624 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002625 } else {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002626 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2627 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
2628 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
2629 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2630 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2631 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002632 }
2633 }
2634
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002635 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2636 assert(Storage);
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002637 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2638 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002639}
2640
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002641TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002642 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2643 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
2644 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
2645 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
2646
2647 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002648 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002649 }
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002650
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002651 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002652
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002653 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2654 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2655 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2656}
2657
Douglas Gregoradee3e32009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002658bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2659 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2660 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2661 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2662}
2663
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002664TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002665ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2666 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2667 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2668 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002669
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002670 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002671 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002672
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002673 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002674 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002675
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002676 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2677 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2678
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002679 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002680 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002681 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002682
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002683 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002684 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002685
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002686 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00002687 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
2688 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002689 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002690 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002691 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2692 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2693 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002694
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00002695 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002696 }
2697 }
2698
2699 // Silence GCC warning
2700 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2701 return TemplateArgument();
2702}
2703
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002704NestedNameSpecifier *
2705ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002706 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002707 return 0;
2708
2709 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2710 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2711 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002712 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002713 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2714 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2715
2716 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2717 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2718 // this namespace and no prefix.
2719 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2720
2721 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2722 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2723 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00002724
2725 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
2726 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
2727 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
2728 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
2729 // types, e.g.,
2730 // typedef typename T::type T1;
2731 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
2732 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) {
2733 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
2734 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier());
2735 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix,
2736 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
2737 }
2738
Douglas Gregorcc10cbf2010-11-04 00:14:23 +00002739 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations.
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00002740 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST
2741 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) {
2742 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
2743 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier());
2744 TemplateName Name
2745 = getDependentTemplateName(Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier());
2746 T = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name,
2747 DTST->getArgs(), DTST->getNumArgs());
2748 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2749 }
2750
2751 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, T.getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002752 }
2753
2754 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2755 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2756 return NNS;
2757 }
2758
2759 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2760 return 0;
2761}
2762
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002763
2764const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2765 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002766 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002767 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2768 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2769 return AT;
2770 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002771
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002772 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002773 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002774 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002775 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002776
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002777 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002778 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2779 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002780
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002781 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2782 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002783 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002784
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002785 QualifierCollector Qs;
2786 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002787
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002788 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2789 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002790 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002791 return ATy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002792
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002793 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2794 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2795 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2796 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002797 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002798
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002799 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2800 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2801 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002802 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002803 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2804 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2805 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002806 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002807
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002808 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002809 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2810 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002811 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002812 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002813 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002814 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002815 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002816
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002817 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002818 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002819 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002820 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002821 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002822 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002823}
2824
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002825/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2826/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2827/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2828/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2829///
2830/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2831QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002832 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2833 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2834 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2835 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2836 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2837 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002838
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002839 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002840
2841 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002842 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002843}
2844
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002845QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002846 QualifierCollector Qs;
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002847 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(Qs.strip(QT), 0)))
2848 QT = AT->getElementType();
2849 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002850}
2851
Anders Carlsson4bf82142009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002852QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2853 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002854
Anders Carlsson4bf82142009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002855 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2856 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002857
Anders Carlssone0808df2008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002858 return ElemTy;
2859}
2860
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002861/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002862uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002863ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2864 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2865 do {
2866 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2867 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2868 } while (CA);
2869 return ElementCount;
2870}
2871
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00002872/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2873/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002874static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002875 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002876 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002877
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002878 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2879 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002880 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002881 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2882 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2883 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002884 }
2885}
2886
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002887/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2888/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002889/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2890/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002891QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2892 QualType Domain) const {
2893 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2894 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2895 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002896 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002897 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2898 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2899 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2900 }
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00002901 }
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002902
2903 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2904 switch (EltRank) {
2905 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2906 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2907 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2908 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002909 }
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002910}
2911
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002912/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2913/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2914/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002915/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002916int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2917 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2918 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002919
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002920 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002921 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002922 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002923 return 1;
2924 return -1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002925}
2926
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002927/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2928/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2929/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002930unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002931 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002932 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002933 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002934
Eli Friedmanc131d3b2009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002935 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2936 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2937
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002938 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2939 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2940
2941 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2942 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2943
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002944 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002945 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2946 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002947 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002948 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2949 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2950 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2951 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002952 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002953 case BuiltinType::Short:
2954 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002955 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002956 case BuiltinType::Int:
2957 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002958 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002959 case BuiltinType::Long:
2960 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002961 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002962 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2963 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002964 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002965 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2966 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2967 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002968 }
2969}
2970
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002971/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2972/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2973///
2974/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2975/// promotion occurs.
2976QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
Douglas Gregore05d3cb2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00002977 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
2978 return QualType();
2979
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002980 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2981 if (!Field)
2982 return QualType();
2983
2984 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2985
2986 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2987 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2988 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2989 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2990 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2991 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2992 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2993 return IntTy;
2994
2995 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2996 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2997
2998 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2999 // like the base type.
3000 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
3001 // is ridiculous.
3002 return QualType();
3003}
3004
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003005/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
3006/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
3007/// integer type.
3008QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
3009 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
3010 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003011 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
3012 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003013 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
3014 return IntTy;
3015 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
3016 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3017 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
3018 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3019}
3020
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003021/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003022/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003023/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003024int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003025 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3026 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003027 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003028
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003029 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3030 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003031
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003032 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3033 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003034
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003035 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3036 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3037 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3038 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003039
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003040 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3041 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3042 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3043 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3044 return 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003045
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003046 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3047 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003048 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003049 return -1;
3050 }
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003051
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003052 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3053 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3054 return -1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003055
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003056 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3057 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003058 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003059 return 1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003060}
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003061
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003062static RecordDecl *
3063CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
3064 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3065 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3066 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3067 else
3068 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3069}
3070
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003071// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003072QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
3073 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003074 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003075 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003076 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003077 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003078
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003079 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003080
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003081 // const int *isa;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003082 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003083 // int flags;
3084 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003085 // const char *str;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003086 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003087 // long length;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003088 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3089
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003090 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003091 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003092 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003093 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003094 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003095 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003096 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003097 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003098 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003099 }
3100
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003101 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003102 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003103
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003104 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif412af032007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003105}
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003106
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003107void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003108 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003109 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3110 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3111}
3112
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003113// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
3114QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() {
3115 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3116 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003117 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003118 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3119 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3120
3121 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3122
3123 // const int *isa;
3124 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3125 // const char *str;
3126 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3127 // unsigned int length;
3128 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3129
3130 // Create fields
3131 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3132 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
3133 SourceLocation(), 0,
3134 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3135 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3136 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003137 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003138 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3139 }
3140
3141 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3142 }
3143
3144 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3145}
3146
3147void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3148 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3149 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3150 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3151}
3152
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003153QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003154 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003155 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003156 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003157 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003158 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003159
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003160 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3161 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003162 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003163 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3164 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3165 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3166 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003167
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003168 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003169 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3170 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
3171 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003172 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003173 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003174 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003175 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003176 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003177 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003178
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003179 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003180 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003181
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003182 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3183}
3184
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003185QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
3186 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3187 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3188
3189 RecordDecl *T;
3190 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003191 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003192 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003193 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003194
3195 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3196 UnsignedLongTy,
3197 UnsignedLongTy,
3198 };
3199
3200 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3201 "reserved",
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003202 "Size"
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003203 };
3204
3205 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
3206 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3207 T,
3208 SourceLocation(),
3209 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003210 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003211 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3212 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003213 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003214 T->addDecl(Field);
3215 }
3216
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003217 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003218
3219 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3220
3221 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3222}
3223
3224void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3225 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3226 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3227 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3228}
3229
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003230QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
3231 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3232 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3233
3234 RecordDecl *T;
3235 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003236 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003237 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003238 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003239
3240 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3241 UnsignedLongTy,
3242 UnsignedLongTy,
3243 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3244 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3245 };
3246
3247 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3248 "reserved",
3249 "Size",
3250 "CopyFuncPtr",
3251 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3252 };
3253
3254 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
3255 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3256 T,
3257 SourceLocation(),
3258 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003259 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003260 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3261 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003262 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003263 T->addDecl(Field);
3264 }
3265
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003266 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003267
3268 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3269
3270 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3271}
3272
3273void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3274 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3275 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3276 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3277}
3278
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003279bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
3280 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3281 return true;
3282 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3283 return true;
3284 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3285 return true;
3286 return false;
3287}
3288
Daniel Dunbar56df9772010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003289QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003290 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003291 // void *__isa;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003292 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003293 // unsigned int __flags;
3294 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedman04831922010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003295 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3296 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003297 // int X;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003298 // } *
3299
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003300 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3301
3302 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003303 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3304 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3305 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003306 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003307 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003308 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003309 T->startDefinition();
3310 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3311 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3312 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3313 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3314 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3315 Int32Ty,
3316 Int32Ty,
3317 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3318 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3319 Ty
3320 };
3321
Daniel Dunbar56df9772010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003322 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003323 "__isa",
3324 "__forwarding",
3325 "__flags",
3326 "__size",
3327 "__copy_helper",
3328 "__destroy_helper",
3329 DeclName,
3330 };
3331
3332 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3333 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3334 continue;
3335 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3336 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003337 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003338 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003339 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003340 T->addDecl(Field);
3341 }
3342
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003343 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003344
3345 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003346}
3347
3348
3349QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003350 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003351 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &Layout) {
3352
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003353 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003354 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3355 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3356 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003357 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003358 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003359 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003360 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003361 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3362 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3363 IntTy,
3364 IntTy,
3365 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003366 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3367 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3368 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003369 };
3370
3371 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3372 "__isa",
3373 "__flags",
3374 "__reserved",
3375 "__FuncPtr",
3376 "__descriptor"
3377 };
3378
3379 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003380 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003381 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003382 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003383 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003384 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003385 T->addDecl(Field);
3386 }
3387
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003388 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Layout.size(); ++i) {
3389 const Expr *E = Layout[i];
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003390
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003391 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3392 IdentifierInfo *FieldName = 0;
3393 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
3394 FieldName = &Idents.get("this");
3395 } else if (const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3396 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3397 FieldName = D->getIdentifier();
3398 if (BDRE->isByRef())
Daniel Dunbar56df9772010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003399 FieldType = BuildByRefType(D->getName(), FieldType);
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003400 } else {
3401 // Padding.
3402 assert(isa<ConstantArrayType>(FieldType) &&
3403 isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) &&
3404 !cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl()->getDeclName() &&
3405 "doesn't match characteristics of padding decl");
3406 }
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003407
3408 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003409 FieldName, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003410 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003411 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003412 T->addDecl(Field);
3413 }
3414
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003415 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003416
3417 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003418}
3419
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003420void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003421 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003422 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3423 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3424}
3425
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003426// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3427// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattnere0218992007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003428static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003429 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattner9b1f2792008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003430 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3431 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003432
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003433 return false;
3434}
3435
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003436/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003437/// purpose.
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003438CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003439 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003440
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003441 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003442 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003443 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003444 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3445 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003446 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003447 return sz;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003448}
3449
3450static inline
3451std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3452 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003453}
3454
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003455/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003456/// declaration.
3457void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3458 std::string& S) {
3459 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3460 QualType BlockTy =
3461 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3462 // Encode result type.
John McCall8e346702010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003463 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003464 // Compute size of all parameters.
3465 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3466 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3467 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003468 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3469 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003470 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003471 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3472 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003473 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003474 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003475 ParmOffset += sz;
3476 }
3477 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003478 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003479 // Block pointer and offset.
3480 S += "@?0";
3481 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3482
3483 // Argument types.
3484 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3485 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3486 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3487 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3488 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3489 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3490 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3491 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3492 // elements.
3493 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3494 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3495 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3496 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3497 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003498 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003499 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003500 }
3501}
3502
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003503/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003504/// declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003505void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattner230fc3d2008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003506 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003507 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003508 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003509 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003510 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003511 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003512 // Compute size of all parameters.
3513 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3514 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3515 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003516 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003517 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3518 // their size.
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003519 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003520 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003521 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003522 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003523 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003524 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3525 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003526 ParmOffset += sz;
3527 }
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003528 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003529 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003530 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003531
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003532 // Argument types.
3533 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003534 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003535 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003536 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003537 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003538 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003539 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3540 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3541 // elements.
Steve Naroff323827e2009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003542 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003543 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3544 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3545 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003546 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003547 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003548 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003549 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003550 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003551 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003552 }
3553}
3554
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003555/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003556/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003557/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3558/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003559/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3560/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3561/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3562/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3563/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003564/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3565/// @code
3566/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3567/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3568/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3569/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3570/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3571/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3572/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3573/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3574/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3575/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3576/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3577/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3578/// };
3579/// @endcode
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003580void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003581 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattner230fc3d2008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003582 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003583 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3584 bool Dynamic = false;
3585 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3586
3587 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3588 if (Container) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003589 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003590 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3591 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003592 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003593 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003594 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3595 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3596 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3597 Dynamic = true;
3598 } else {
3599 SynthesizePID = PID;
3600 }
3601 }
3602 }
3603 } else {
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003604 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003605 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003606 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003607 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003608 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3609 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3610 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3611 Dynamic = true;
3612 } else {
3613 SynthesizePID = PID;
3614 }
3615 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003616 }
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003617 }
3618 }
3619
3620 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3621 S = "T";
3622
3623 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003624 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3625 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003626 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003627 true /* outermost type */,
3628 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003629
3630 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3631 S += ",R";
3632 } else {
3633 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3634 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3635 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003636 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003637 }
3638 }
3639
3640 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3641 // are "dynamic by default".
3642 if (Dynamic)
3643 S += ",D";
3644
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003645 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3646 S += ",N";
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003647
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003648 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3649 S += ",G";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003650 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003651 }
3652
3653 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3654 S += ",S";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003655 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003656 }
3657
3658 if (SynthesizePID) {
3659 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3660 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner1cbaacc2008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003661 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003662 }
3663
3664 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3665}
3666
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003667/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003668/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3669/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003670/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3671///
3672void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003673 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003674 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian77b6b5d2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003675 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3676 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003677 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003678 else
Fariborz Jahanian77b6b5d2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003679 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3680 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003681 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3682 }
3683 }
3684}
3685
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003686void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003687 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003688 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3689 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3690 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3691 // same type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003692 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahaniandaef00b2008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003693 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003694}
3695
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003696static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
3697 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
3698 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
3699 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
3700 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
3701 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3702 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
3703 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
3704 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
3705 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3706 return
3707 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
3708 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
3709 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
3710 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3711 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
3712 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
John McCalldad856d2010-06-11 10:11:05 +00003713 case BuiltinType::WChar:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003714 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
3715 case BuiltinType::Long:
3716 return
3717 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
3718 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
3719 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
3720 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
3721 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar7cba5a72010-10-11 21:13:48 +00003722 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003723 }
3724}
3725
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003726static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003727 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003728 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3729 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3730 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003731 S += 'b';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003732 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
3733 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
3734 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
3735 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
3736 //
3737 // struct
3738 // {
3739 // int integer;
3740 // int flags:2;
3741 // };
3742 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
3743 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
3744 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
3745 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
3746 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
3747 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
3748 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
3749 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
3750 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
3751 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
3752 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
3753 unsigned i = 0;
3754 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
3755 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
3756 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
3757 if (*Field == FD)
3758 break;
3759 }
3760 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
3761 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Context, T);
3762 }
3763 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003764 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3765}
3766
Daniel Dunbar07d07852009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003767// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003768void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3769 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3770 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003771 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003772 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003773 bool EncodingProperty) {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003774 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003775 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003776 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
3777 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003778 return;
3779 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003780
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003781 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003782 S += 'j';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003783 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003784 false);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003785 return;
3786 }
Fariborz Jahaniand25c2192009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003787
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003788 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
3789 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003790 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian89b660c2009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003791 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3792 S += ':';
3793 return;
3794 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003795 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
3796 }
3797 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3798 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
3799 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003800 bool isReadOnly = false;
3801 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3802 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3803 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003804 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003805 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003806 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3807 isReadOnly = true;
3808 S += 'r';
3809 }
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003810 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003811 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003812 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3813 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003814 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3815 isReadOnly = true;
3816 S += 'r';
3817 }
3818 }
3819 if (isReadOnly) {
3820 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3821 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3822 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003823 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
3824 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003825 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003826
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003827 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3828 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3829 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003830 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003831 S += '*';
3832 return;
3833 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003834 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff3de6b702009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003835 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3836 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3837 S += '#';
3838 return;
3839 }
3840 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3841 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3842 S += '@';
3843 return;
3844 }
3845 // fall through...
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003846 }
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003847 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003848 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3849
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003850 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003851 NULL);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003852 return;
3853 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003854
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003855 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3856 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3857 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003858 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3859 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3860 S += '^';
3861
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003862 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003863 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3864 } else {
3865 S += '[';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003866
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003867 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3868 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3869 else {
3870 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3871 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3872 S += '0';
3873 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003874
3875 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003876 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3877 S += ']';
3878 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003879 return;
3880 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003881
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003882 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssondf4cc612007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003883 S += '?';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003884 return;
3885 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003886
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003887 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003888 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003889 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003890 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3891 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3892 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00003893 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
3894 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
3895 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
3896 std::string TemplateArgsStr
3897 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003898 TemplateArgs.data(),
3899 TemplateArgs.size(),
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00003900 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
3901
3902 S += TemplateArgsStr;
3903 }
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003904 } else {
3905 S += '?';
3906 }
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003907 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003908 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003909 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3910 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003911 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003912 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003913 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003914 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003915 S += '"';
3916 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003917
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003918 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003919 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003920 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003921 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003922 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003923 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3924 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003925 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003926 FD);
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003927 }
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003928 }
Fariborz Jahanianbc92fd72007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003929 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003930 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003931 return;
3932 }
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00003933
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003934 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003935 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003936 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003937 else
3938 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003939 return;
3940 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003941
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003942 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff49140cb2009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003943 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003944 return;
3945 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003946
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003947 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
3948 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
3949 T = OT->getBaseType();
3950
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003951 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003952 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003953 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003954 S += '{';
3955 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3956 S += II->getName();
3957 S += '=';
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00003958 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
3959 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
3960 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
3961 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
3962 if (Field->isBitField())
3963 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003964 else
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00003965 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003966 }
3967 S += '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003968 return;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003969 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003970
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003971 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003972 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3973 S += '@';
3974 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003975 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003976
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003977 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3978 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3979 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3980 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003981 S += '#';
3982 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003983 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003984
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003985 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003986 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003987 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3988 ExpandStructures, FD);
3989 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3990 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3991 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003992 S += '"';
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003993 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3994 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003995 S += '<';
3996 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3997 S += '>';
3998 }
3999 S += '"';
4000 }
4001 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004002 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004003
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004004 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
4005 if (!EncodingProperty &&
4006 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
4007 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004008 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004009 // {...};
4010 S += '^';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004011 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
4012 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004013 NULL);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004014 return;
4015 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004016
4017 S += '@';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004018 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004019 S += '"';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004020 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004021 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4022 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004023 S += '<';
4024 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4025 S += '>';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004026 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004027 S += '"';
4028 }
4029 return;
4030 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004031
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004032 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4033 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4034 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4035 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004036
4037 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4038 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4039 // insufficient.
4040 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4041 return;
4042 }
4043
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004044 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004045}
4046
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004047void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004048 std::string& S) const {
4049 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4050 S += 'n';
4051 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4052 S += 'N';
4053 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4054 S += 'o';
4055 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4056 S += 'O';
4057 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4058 S += 'R';
4059 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4060 S += 'V';
4061}
4062
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004063void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004064 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004065
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004066 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4067}
4068
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004069void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004070 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004071}
4072
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004073void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +00004074 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanian4bef4622007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004075}
4076
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004077void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004078 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahaniana32aaef2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00004079}
4080
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004081void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004082 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlssonf56a7ae2007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004083}
4084
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004085void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004086 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004087 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004088
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004089 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004090}
4091
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004092/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4093/// lookup.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004094TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4095 UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004096 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4097 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4098
4099 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4100 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4101 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4102
4103 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004104 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004105 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4106 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4107 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4108 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4109 *Storage++ = D;
4110 }
4111
4112 return TemplateName(OT);
4113}
4114
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004115/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4116/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004117TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004118 bool TemplateKeyword,
4119 TemplateDecl *Template) {
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004120 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004121 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4122 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4123
4124 void *InsertPos = 0;
4125 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4126 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4127 if (!QTN) {
4128 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4129 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4130 }
4131
4132 return TemplateName(QTN);
4133}
4134
4135/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4136/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004137TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004138 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004139 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004140 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004141
4142 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4143 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4144
4145 void *InsertPos = 0;
4146 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4147 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4148
4149 if (QTN)
4150 return TemplateName(QTN);
4151
4152 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4153 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4154 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4155 } else {
4156 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4157 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004158 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4159 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4160 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4161 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004162 }
4163
4164 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4165 return TemplateName(QTN);
4166}
4167
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004168/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4169/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4170TemplateName
4171ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4172 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
4173 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4174 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4175
4176 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4177 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4178
4179 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004180 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4181 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004182
4183 if (QTN)
4184 return TemplateName(QTN);
4185
4186 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4187 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4188 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4189 } else {
4190 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4191 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004192
4193 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4194 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4195 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4196 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004197 }
4198
4199 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4200 return TemplateName(QTN);
4201}
4202
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004203/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregorab138572008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004204/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4205/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004206CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004207 switch (Type) {
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004208 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004209 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4210 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4211 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4212 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4213 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4214 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4215 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4216 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4217 }
4218
4219 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004220 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004221}
Ted Kremenek77c51b22008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004222
4223//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4224// Type Predicates.
4225//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4226
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004227/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
4228/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
4229/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004230/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004231///
4232bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
4233 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
4234 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004235 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004236 return true;
4237 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004238 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004239}
4240
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004241/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4242/// garbage collection attribute.
4243///
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004244Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
4245 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004246 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
4247 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004248 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004249 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004250 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004251 // as __strong.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004252 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d6298b2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00004253 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004254 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004255 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004256 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004257 }
Fariborz Jahaniand381cde2009-04-11 00:00:54 +00004258 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
4259 // set on them.
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004260 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004261 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004262 }
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004263 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004264}
4265
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004266//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4267// Type Compatibility Testing
4268//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerb338a6b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004269
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004270/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004271/// compatible.
4272static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4273 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004274 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004275 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004276 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004277}
4278
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004279bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4280 QualType SecondVec) {
4281 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4282 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4283
4284 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4285 return true;
4286
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004287 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
4288 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004289 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4290 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004291 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004292 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004293 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4294 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
4295 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4296 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004297 return true;
4298
4299 return false;
4300}
4301
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004302//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4303// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4304//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4305
4306/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4307/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004308bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4309 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004310 if (lProto == rProto)
4311 return true;
4312 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4313 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4314 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4315 return true;
4316 return false;
4317}
4318
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004319/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4320/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4321/// otherwise.
4322bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4323 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4324 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4325 return false;
4326}
4327
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004328/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
4329/// Class<p1, ...>.
4330bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
4331 QualType rhs) {
4332 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4333 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4334 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
4335
4336 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4337 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4338 bool match = false;
4339 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4340 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4341 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4342 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4343 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
4344 match = true;
4345 break;
4346 }
4347 }
4348 if (!match)
4349 return false;
4350 }
4351 return true;
4352}
4353
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004354/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4355/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4356bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4357 bool compare) {
4358 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004359 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004360 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
4361 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004362 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004363 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4364 return true;
4365
4366 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004367 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004368
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004369 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004370
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004371 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004372 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004373 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4374 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4375 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4376 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4377 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4378 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4379 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004380 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004381 return false;
4382 }
4383 }
4384 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4385 return true;
4386 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004387 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004388 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4389 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4390 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4391 bool match = false;
4392
4393 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4394 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4395 // through its super class and categories.
4396 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4397 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4398 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4399 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4400 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4401 match = true;
4402 break;
4403 }
4404 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004405 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004406 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4407 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4408 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4409 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4410 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4411 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4412 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004413 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004414 match = true;
4415 break;
4416 }
4417 }
4418 }
4419 if (!match)
4420 return false;
4421 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004422
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004423 return true;
4424 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004425
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004426 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4427 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4428
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004429 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004430 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004431 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004432 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4433 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4434 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4435 bool match = false;
4436
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004437 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004438 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4439 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004440 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
4441 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004442 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4443 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4444 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4445 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4446 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4447 match = true;
4448 break;
4449 }
4450 }
4451 if (!match)
4452 return false;
4453 }
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004454
4455 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
4456 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
4457 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4458 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4459 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
4460 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
4461 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
4462 // assume that it is mismatch.
4463 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
4464 return false;
4465 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4466 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4467 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4468 bool match = false;
4469 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
4470 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4471 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4472 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4473 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4474 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4475 match = true;
4476 break;
4477 }
4478 }
4479 if (!match)
4480 return false;
4481 }
4482 }
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004483 return true;
4484 }
4485 return false;
4486}
4487
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004488/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004489/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4490/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4491///
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004492bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4493 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004494 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4495 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4496
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004497 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004498 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
4499 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004500 return true;
4501
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004502 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004503 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4504 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004505 false);
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004506
4507 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
4508 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4509 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
4510
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004511 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
4512 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004513 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004514
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004515 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004516}
4517
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004518/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
4519/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
4520/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4521/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4522/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4523bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4524 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4525 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004526 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004527 return true;
4528
4529 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4530 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4531 }
4532
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004533 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004534 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4535 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4536 false);
4537
4538 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4539 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4540 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4541 if (LHS != RHS) {
4542 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4543 return false;
4544 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
4545 return true;
4546 }
4547 else
4548 return true;
4549 }
4550 return false;
4551}
4552
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004553/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4554/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4555/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4556/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4557static
4558void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4559 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4560 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4561 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4562
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004563 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4564 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4565 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
4566 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004567
4568 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4569 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4570 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4571 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4572 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004573 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004574 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
4575 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004576 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4577 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4578 }
4579
4580 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4581 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohman145f3f12010-04-19 16:39:44 +00004582 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
4583 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004584 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4585 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4586 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4587 }
4588 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004589 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004590 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
4591 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004592 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4593 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4594 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4595 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4596 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004597 }
4598}
4599
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004600/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4601/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4602/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4603/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4604QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004605 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
4606 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
4607 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
4608 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
4609 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
4610 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
4611 if (!LDecl || !RDecl)
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004612 return QualType();
4613
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004614 while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())) {
4615 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004616 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004617 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
4618 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
4619
4620 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
4621 if (!Protocols.empty())
4622 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
4623 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
4624 return Result;
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004625 }
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004626 }
4627
4628 return QualType();
4629}
4630
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004631bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
4632 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
4633 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
4634 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
4635
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004636 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4637 // the LHS.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004638 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004639 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004640
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004641 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4642 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004643 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004644 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004645
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004646 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4647 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004648 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004649 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004650
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004651 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4652 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004653 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4654 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4655
4656 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4657 // are incompatible.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004658 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
4659 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004660 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4661 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004662 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004663 break;
4664 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004665 }
4666 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4667 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4668 return false;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004669 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004670 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4671 return true;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004672}
4673
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004674bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4675 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004676 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4677 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004678
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004679 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004680 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004681
4682 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4683 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004684}
4685
Douglas Gregor8b2d2fe2010-08-07 11:51:51 +00004686bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
4687 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
4688 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4689 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
4690}
4691
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004692/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004693/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004694/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004695/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004696bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
4697 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004698 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4699 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
4700
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004701 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004702}
4703
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004704bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4705 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
4706}
4707
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004708/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
4709/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
4710/// QualType()
4711QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
4712 bool OfBlockPointer,
4713 bool Unqualified) {
4714 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
4715 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4716 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
4717 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4718 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
4719 QualType ET = it->getType();
4720 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
4721 if (!MT.isNull())
4722 return MT;
4723 }
4724 }
4725 }
4726
4727 return QualType();
4728}
4729
4730/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
4731/// argument types
4732QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4733 bool OfBlockPointer,
4734 bool Unqualified) {
4735 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
4736 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
4737 // type is compatible with a union member
4738 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
4739 Unqualified);
4740 if (!lmerge.isNull())
4741 return lmerge;
4742
4743 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
4744 Unqualified);
4745 if (!rmerge.isNull())
4746 return rmerge;
4747
4748 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
4749}
4750
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004751QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004752 bool OfBlockPointer,
4753 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004754 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4755 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004756 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4757 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004758 bool allLTypes = true;
4759 bool allRTypes = true;
4760
4761 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004762 QualType retType;
4763 if (OfBlockPointer)
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004764 retType = mergeTypes(rbase->getResultType(), lbase->getResultType(), true,
4765 Unqualified);
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004766 else
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004767 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(),
4768 false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004769 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004770
4771 if (Unqualified)
4772 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
4773
4774 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
4775 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
4776 if (Unqualified) {
4777 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4778 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4779 }
4780
4781 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004782 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004783 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004784 allRTypes = false;
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004785 // FIXME: double check this
4786 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4787 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4788 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004789 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
4790 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004791 unsigned RegParm = lbaseInfo.getRegParm() == 0 ? rbaseInfo.getRegParm() :
4792 lbaseInfo.getRegParm();
4793 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
4794 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4795 RegParm != lbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4796 allLTypes = false;
4797 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4798 RegParm != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4799 allRTypes = false;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004800 CallingConv lcc = lbaseInfo.getCC();
4801 CallingConv rcc = rbaseInfo.getCC();
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004802 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00004803 if (!isSameCallConv(lcc, rcc))
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004804 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004805
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004806 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004807 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4808 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004809 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4810 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4811
4812 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4813 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4814 return QualType();
4815
4816 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4817 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4818 return QualType();
4819
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22a37352008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004820 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4821 return QualType();
4822
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004823 // Check argument compatibility
4824 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4825 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4826 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4827 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004828 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
4829 OfBlockPointer,
4830 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004831 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004832
4833 if (Unqualified)
4834 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4835
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004836 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004837 if (Unqualified) {
4838 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4839 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4840 }
4841
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004842 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4843 allLTypes = false;
4844 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4845 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004846 }
4847 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4848 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4849 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump8c5d7992009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004850 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004851 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004852 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004853 }
4854
4855 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4856 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4857
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004858 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004859 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004860 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004861 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4862 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4863 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4864 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4865 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4866 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4867 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4868 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4869 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00004870
4871 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
4872 // to pass enum values.
4873 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4874 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
4875
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004876 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4877 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4878 return QualType();
4879 }
4880
4881 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4882 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4883 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump21e0f892009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004884 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004885 proto->getTypeQuals(),
4886 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004887 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004888 }
4889
4890 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4891 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004892 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004893 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, Info);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004894}
4895
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004896QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004897 bool OfBlockPointer,
4898 bool Unqualified) {
Bill Wendlingdb4e3492007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004899 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4900 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4901 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004902 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4903 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004904 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
4905 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004906
4907 if (Unqualified) {
4908 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4909 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4910 }
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004911
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004912 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4913 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4914
4915 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4916 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4917 return LHS;
4918
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004919 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004920 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4921 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004922 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4923 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4924 // mismatch.
4925 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4926 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4927 return QualType();
4928
4929 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4930 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4931 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4932 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4933 // qualified __strong.
4934 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4935 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4936 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4937
4938 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4939 return QualType();
4940
4941 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4942 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4943 }
4944 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4945 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4946 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004947 return QualType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004948 }
4949
4950 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004951
Eli Friedmandcca6332009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004952 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4953 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004954
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004955 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4956 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4957 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4958 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman16f90962008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004959
4960 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004961 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4962 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4963 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4964 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004965
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004966 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
4967 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4968 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4969
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004970 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4971 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4972 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004973
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004974 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004975 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004976 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004977 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004978 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
4979 // type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004980 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004981 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4982 return RHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004983 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004984 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004985 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4986 return LHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004987 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004988
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004989 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004990 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004991
Steve Naroffc6edcbd2008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004992 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004993 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004994#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4995#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallbd8d9bd2010-03-01 23:49:17 +00004996#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004997#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4998#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4999#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5000 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
5001 return QualType();
5002
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005003 case Type::LValueReference:
5004 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005005 case Type::MemberPointer:
5006 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
5007 return QualType();
5008
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005009 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005010 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5011 case Type::VariableArray:
5012 case Type::FunctionProto:
5013 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005014 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
5015 return QualType();
5016
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005017 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005018 {
5019 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005020 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5021 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005022 if (Unqualified) {
5023 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5024 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5025 }
5026 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
5027 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005028 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005029 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005030 return LHS;
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005031 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005032 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005033 return getPointerType(ResultType);
5034 }
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005035 case Type::BlockPointer:
5036 {
5037 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005038 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5039 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005040 if (Unqualified) {
5041 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5042 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5043 }
5044 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
5045 Unqualified);
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005046 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
5047 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5048 return LHS;
5049 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5050 return RHS;
5051 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
5052 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005053 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005054 {
5055 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
5056 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
5057 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
5058 return QualType();
5059
5060 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
5061 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005062 if (Unqualified) {
5063 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5064 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5065 }
5066
5067 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005068 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005069 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5070 return LHS;
5071 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5072 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005073 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
5074 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
5075 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
5076 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005077 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
5078 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005079 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5080 return LHS;
5081 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5082 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005083 if (LVAT) {
5084 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5085 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
5086 // has to be different.
5087 return LHS;
5088 }
5089 if (RVAT) {
5090 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5091 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
5092 // has to be different.
5093 return RHS;
5094 }
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005095 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
5096 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00005097 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
5098 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005099 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005100 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005101 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005102 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005103 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005104 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005105 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005106 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005107 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar804c0442009-01-28 21:22:12 +00005108 case Type::Complex:
5109 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
5110 return QualType();
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005111 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005112 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall44c064b2010-03-12 23:14:13 +00005113 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
5114 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005115 return LHS;
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005116 return QualType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005117 case Type::ObjCObject: {
5118 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005119 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
5120 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005121 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5122 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5123 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00005124 return LHS;
5125
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005126 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00005127 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005128 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005129 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5130 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5131 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5132 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
5133 return LHS;
5134 return QualType();
5135 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005136 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5137 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005138 return LHS;
5139
Steve Naroffc68cfcf2008-12-10 22:14:21 +00005140 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005141 }
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005142 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005143
5144 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005145}
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00005146
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005147/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
5148/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
5149/// return types.
5150QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5151 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5152 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5153 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5154 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5155 return LHS;
5156 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
5157 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5158 return QualType();
5159 QualType OldReturnType =
5160 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5161 QualType NewReturnType =
5162 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5163 QualType ResReturnType =
5164 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5165 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5166 return QualType();
5167 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5168 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5169 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5170 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5171 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
5172 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
5173 QualType ResultType
5174 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5175 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
5176 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
5177 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
5178 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
5179 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
5180 FPT->exception_begin(),
5181 Info);
5182 return ResultType;
5183 }
5184 }
5185 return QualType();
5186 }
5187
5188 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5189 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5190 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5191 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5192 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5193 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5194 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5195 return QualType();
5196
5197 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5198 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5199 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5200 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5201 // qualified __strong.
5202 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5203 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5204 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5205
5206 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5207 return QualType();
5208
5209 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5210 return LHS;
5211 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5212 return RHS;
5213 return QualType();
5214 }
5215
5216 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5217 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5218 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5219 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5220 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5221 return LHS;
5222 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5223 return RHS;
5224 }
5225 return QualType();
5226}
5227
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005228//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005229// Integer Predicates
5230//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner3c919712009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005231
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005232unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005233 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedmanee275c82009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005234 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor0bf31402010-10-08 23:50:27 +00005235 if (T->isBooleanType())
5236 return 1;
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005237 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005238 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5239}
5240
5241QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005242 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005243
5244 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5245 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5246 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005247 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005248
5249 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5250 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005251 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005252
5253 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5254 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005255 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5256 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5257 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5258 return UnsignedCharTy;
5259 case BuiltinType::Short:
5260 return UnsignedShortTy;
5261 case BuiltinType::Int:
5262 return UnsignedIntTy;
5263 case BuiltinType::Long:
5264 return UnsignedLongTy;
5265 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
5266 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00005267 case BuiltinType::Int128:
5268 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005269 default:
5270 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
5271 return QualType();
5272 }
5273}
5274
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +00005275ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
5276
5277void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005278
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +00005279ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
5280
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005281
5282//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5283// Builtin Type Computation
5284//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5285
5286/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005287/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
5288/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
5289/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
5290/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005291///
5292/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
5293/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005294static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005295 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005296 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005297 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005298 // Modifiers.
5299 int HowLong = 0;
5300 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005301 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005302
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005303 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005304 bool Done = false;
5305 while (!Done) {
5306 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005307 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005308 case 'I':
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005309 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005310 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005311 case 'S':
5312 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5313 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5314 Signed = true;
5315 break;
5316 case 'U':
5317 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5318 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5319 Unsigned = true;
5320 break;
5321 case 'L':
5322 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
5323 ++HowLong;
5324 break;
5325 }
5326 }
5327
5328 QualType Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005329
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005330 // Read the base type.
5331 switch (*Str++) {
5332 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
5333 case 'v':
5334 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5335 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
5336 Type = Context.VoidTy;
5337 break;
5338 case 'f':
5339 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5340 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
5341 Type = Context.FloatTy;
5342 break;
5343 case 'd':
5344 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5345 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
5346 if (HowLong)
5347 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
5348 else
5349 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
5350 break;
5351 case 's':
5352 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
5353 if (Unsigned)
5354 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5355 else
5356 Type = Context.ShortTy;
5357 break;
5358 case 'i':
5359 if (HowLong == 3)
5360 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
5361 else if (HowLong == 2)
5362 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
5363 else if (HowLong == 1)
5364 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
5365 else
5366 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
5367 break;
5368 case 'c':
5369 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
5370 if (Signed)
5371 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
5372 else if (Unsigned)
5373 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5374 else
5375 Type = Context.CharTy;
5376 break;
5377 case 'b': // boolean
5378 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
5379 Type = Context.BoolTy;
5380 break;
5381 case 'z': // size_t.
5382 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
5383 Type = Context.getSizeType();
5384 break;
5385 case 'F':
5386 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
5387 break;
Fariborz Jahaniand11da7e2010-11-09 21:38:20 +00005388 case 'G':
5389 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
5390 break;
5391 case 'H':
5392 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
5393 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005394 case 'a':
5395 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5396 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5397 break;
5398 case 'A':
5399 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
5400 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
5401 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
5402 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
5403 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
5404 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
5405 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
5406 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
5407 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5408 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005409 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005410 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005411 else
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005412 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005413 break;
5414 case 'V': {
5415 char *End;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005416 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5417 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005418 Str = End;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005419
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005420 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
5421 RequiresICE, false);
5422 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005423
5424 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005425 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005426 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005427 break;
5428 }
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005429 case 'X': {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005430 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
5431 false);
5432 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005433 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
5434 break;
5435 }
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005436 case 'P':
Douglas Gregor27821ce2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00005437 Type = Context.getFILEType();
5438 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005439 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005440 return QualType();
5441 }
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005442 break;
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005443 case 'J':
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005444 if (Signed)
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005445 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005446 else
5447 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
5448
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005449 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005450 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005451 return QualType();
5452 }
5453 break;
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005454 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005455
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005456 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
5457 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005458 while (!Done) {
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005459 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005460 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
5461 case '*':
5462 case '&': {
5463 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
5464 // qualified with an address space.
5465 char *End;
5466 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5467 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
5468 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
5469 Str = End;
5470 }
5471 if (c == '*')
5472 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
5473 else
5474 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
5475 break;
5476 }
5477 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
5478 case 'C':
5479 Type = Type.withConst();
5480 break;
5481 case 'D':
5482 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
5483 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005484 }
5485 }
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005486
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005487 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005488 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005489
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005490 return Type;
5491}
5492
5493/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005494QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005495 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
5496 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005497 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005498
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005499 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005500
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005501 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005502 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005503 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
5504 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005505 if (Error != GE_None)
5506 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005507
5508 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
5509
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005510 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005511 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005512 if (Error != GE_None)
5513 return QualType();
5514
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005515 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
5516 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
5517 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
5518 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
5519
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005520 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
5521 if (Ty->isArrayType())
5522 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005523
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005524 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
5525 }
5526
5527 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
5528 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
5529
5530 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
5531 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
5532 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005533
5534 // FIXME: Should we create noreturn types?
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005535 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005536 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005537 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005538}
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005539
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005540GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5541 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5542
5543 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
5544 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5545 FD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5546 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5547
5548 switch (L) {
5549 case NoLinkage:
5550 case InternalLinkage:
5551 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5552 return GVA_Internal;
5553
5554 case ExternalLinkage:
5555 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
5556 case TSK_Undeclared:
5557 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5558 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5559 break;
5560
5561 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5562 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5563
5564 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5565 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5566 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5567 break;
5568 }
5569 }
5570
5571 if (!FD->isInlined())
5572 return External;
5573
5574 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
5575 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
5576 // externally visible.
5577 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
5578 return External;
5579
5580 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
5581 return GVA_C99Inline;
5582 }
5583
5584 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
5585 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
5586 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
5587 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
5588 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
5589 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
5590 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
5591 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
5592 return GVA_C99Inline;
5593
5594 return GVA_CXXInline;
5595}
5596
5597GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
5598 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
5599 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
5600 // template.
5601 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
5602 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
5603 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
5604
5605 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
5606 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5607 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5608 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5609
5610 switch (L) {
5611 case NoLinkage:
5612 case InternalLinkage:
5613 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5614 return GVA_Internal;
5615
5616 case ExternalLinkage:
5617 switch (TSK) {
5618 case TSK_Undeclared:
5619 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5620 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5621
5622 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5623 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
5624 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
5625
5626 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5627 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5628
5629 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5630 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5631 }
5632 }
5633
5634 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5635}
5636
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc9049332010-07-29 20:08:05 +00005637bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005638 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5639 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
5640 return false;
5641 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
5642 return false;
5643
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005644 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
5645 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
5646 return false;
5647
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005648 // Aliases and used decls are required.
5649 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
5650 return true;
5651
5652 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5653 // Forward declarations aren't required.
5654 if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
5655 return false;
5656
5657 // Constructors and destructors are required.
5658 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
5659 return true;
5660
5661 // The key function for a class is required.
5662 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5663 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
5664 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
5665 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
5666 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
5667 return true;
5668 }
5669 }
5670
5671 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
5672
5673 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
5674 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
5675 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
5676 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
5677 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
5678 return false;
5679 return true;
5680 }
5681
5682 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
5683 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
5684
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005685 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
5686 return false;
5687
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005688 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
5689
5690 // FIXME: Handle references.
5691 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5692 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1b30d9c2010-08-15 01:15:20 +00005693 if (RD->hasDefinition() &&
5694 (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005695 return true;
5696 }
5697 }
5698
5699 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
5700 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
5701 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
5702 return false;
5703 }
5704
5705 return true;
5706}
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00005707
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00005708CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() {
5709 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
5710 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv();
5711}
5712
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00005713CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}